Telecom parameter dictionary
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

Telecom parameter dictionary

on

  • 1,810 views

 

Statistics

Views

Total Views
1,810
Views on SlideShare
1,810
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
89
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Categories

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

Telecom parameter dictionary Telecom parameter dictionary Document Transcript

  • Alcatel-Lucent GSM Telecom Parameters Dictionary OMC Document Reference Guide Release B10 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • Status RELEASED Short title All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel. BLANK PAGE BREAK 2 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • Contents Contents Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 3 LCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 4 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 4.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 4.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727 5 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729 5.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 5.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793 6 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 6.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 6.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137 7 DTM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155 7.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156 8 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159 8.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 8.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1161 9 – Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199 9.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 3 / 1200
  • Contents 4 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • Preface Preface Purpose The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSM and GPRS. What’s New In Edition 12 This document was generated from the edition 22rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 11 This document was generated from the edition 21rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 10 This document was generated from the edition 19rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 09 This document was generated from the edition 16rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 08 This document was generated from the edition 14rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 07 This document was generated from the edition 13rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 06 This document was generated from the edition 11rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 05 This document was generated from the edition 07rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 5 / 1200
  • Preface In Edition 04 This document was generated from the edition 06rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 03 This document was generated from the edition 05rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 02 This document was generated from the edition 04rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 01 First official release of document. This document was generated from the edition 03rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. Audience This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and system designers. Assumed Knowledge Not applicable. 6 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 1 Introduction 1 Introduction 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 7 / 1200
  • 1 Introduction 1.1 Parameter Classification The GSM and GPRS parameters are classified into three categories: Network: customer dependent parameters, related to the network topology, defined by the customer and valid for the complete network (e.g. BTS name, Cell ID, LAC number ...). They can be adjusted by CDE scripts. Site: adjustable parameters from one cell to the next or from one BSC to the next. They are set to a default value. They can be adjusted from the OMC-R. System: fixed parameters, i.e. BSS system mandatory rules or automatically populated in the DLS skeleton and let unchanged because not customer dependent. Some of them are coded in BTS Software and configuration files. 1.2 Parameter Description To each parameter are associated the following characteristics: Logical Parameter Name: Mnemonic conventionally used in Alcatel documentation. Definition: definition/purpose of the parameter. Coding rules:, Rules of coding, when necessary. Mandatory rules: Mandatory relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Recommended rules: Recommended relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Feature: Indicates to which feature the parameter is linked. Category: Category into which the parameter is classified. Instance: Possible instance of the parameter. Value Min/Max values: Possible range of the parameter values. Default value: Parameter value in release B9 for a generic configuration. Modifiable: Indicates if the parameter is modifiable at the OMC-R. Parameter Access: Indicates where the parameter is accessible at the OMC-R. External Comments: Specific information, when necessary, related to the parameter. 8 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 9 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1 Site (CAE) 2.1.1 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)) - (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 14 6 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 10 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.2 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 126 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 11 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.3 (EN_INBAND_NOTIF) - (EN_INBAND_NOTIF) HMI Name EN_INBAND_NOTIFParameter Name Logical Name EN_INBAND_NOTIF Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification Coding rules 0: disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 12 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.4 (EN_INBAND_PAGING) - (EN_INBAND_PAGING) HMI Name EN_INBAND_PAGINGParameter Name Logical Name EN_INBAND_PAGING Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 13 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.5 (EN_UPLINK_REPLY) - (EN_UPLINK_REPLY) HMI Name EN_UPLINK_REPLYParameter Name Logical Name EN_UPLINK_REPLY Definition Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 14 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.6 (EN_VGCS) - (EN_VGCS) HMI Name EN_VGCSParameter Name Logical Name EN_VGCS Definition Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 15 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.7 (INBAND_PAGING_THR) - (INBAND_PAGING_THR) HMI Name INBAND_PAGING_THRParameter Name Logical Name INBAND_PAGING_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 16 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.8 (MAX_VGCS_TS) - (MAX_VGCS_TS) HMI Name MAX_VGCS_TSParameter Name Logical Name MAX_VGCS_TS Definition Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS If EN_VGCS= enabled, then "(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell". If EN_VGCS= disabled, then" MAX_VGCS_TS = 0" Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 127 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 17 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.9 (MIN_VGCS_TS) - (MIN_VGCS_TS) HMI Name MIN_VGCS_TSParameter Name Logical Name MIN_VGCS_TS Definition Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). Coding rules – Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Recommended rules - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 31 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 18 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.10 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm 5 43 43 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 19 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.11 (NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR) - (NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THRParameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 20 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.12 (NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR) - (NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THRParameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 21 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.13 (NOTIF_PCH_THR) - (NOTIF_PCH_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_PCH_THRParameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_PCH_THR Definition The priority threshold for notification over PCH. The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 22 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.14 (NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS) - (NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS) HMI Name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKSParameter Name Logical Name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. Coding rules – Mandatory rules if EN_VGCS is enabled : - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 7 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 23 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.15 (NY2) - (NY2) HMI Name NY2Parameter Name Logical Name NY2 Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 7 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 24 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.16 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC)) HMI Name PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 20 620 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Single inhibited (31) Umbrella inhibited (31) Concentric inhibited (31) Concentric Umbrella inhibited (31) Microcell 20 s (0) Minicell 20 s (0) Extended inner cell inhibited (31) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell inhibited (31) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 25 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.17 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)) HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -100 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 26 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.18 (START_UPLINK_REPLY) - (START_UPLINK_REPLY) HMI Name START_UPLINK_REPLYParameter Name Logical Name START_UPLINK_REPLY Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H) Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 1024 256 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 27 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.19 (T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY) - (T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY) HMI Name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAYParameter Name Logical Name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY Definition This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 100 1000 200 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 28 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.20 (T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE) - (T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE) HMI Name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASEParameter Name Logical Name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE Definition This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 200 1000 200 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 29 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.21 (T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE) - (T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE) HMI Name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREEParameter Name Logical Name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 20 480 200 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 30 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.22 (T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) - (T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) HMI Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESSParameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Definition Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel description. Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 3 300 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 31 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.23 (T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK) - (T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK) HMI Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACKParameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK Definition Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC. Coding rules step size = 500 ms Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 500 5000 500 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 32 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.24 (T14) - (T14) HMI Name T14Parameter Name Logical Name T14 Definition Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 19 6 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 33 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.25 (T3115) - (T3115) HMI Name T3115Parameter Name Logical Name T3115 Definition This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 100 480 200 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 34 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.26 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)) HMI Name TEMPORARY_OFFSETParameter Name Logical Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 infinity 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Single 0 dB (0) Umbrella 0 dB (0) Concentric 0 dB (0) Concentric Umbrella 0 dB (0) Microcell infinity (7) Minicell infinity (7) Extended inner cell 0 dB (0) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 35 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.27 (VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC) - (VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC) HMI Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODECParameter Name Logical Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC Definition This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. Coding rules 0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 6 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st; Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 36 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.28 (VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC) - (VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC) HMI Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODECParameter Name Logical Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC Definition This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. Coding rules 0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s; Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 2 5 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 37 / 1200
  • 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.29 (WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) - (WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) HMI Name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESSParameter Name Logical Name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 32 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 38 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 39 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1 Network (CDE) 3.1.1 (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN) - (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGINParameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 50.7 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 40 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.2 (CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE) - (CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPEParameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 25 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 41 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.3 (CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE) - (CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPEParameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 15.28 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 42 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.4 (MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST) - (MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST) HMI Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LISTParameter Name Logical Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 63 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 43 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.5 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 3 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 44 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.6 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 3 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 45 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.7 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 3 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 46 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.8 (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT) - (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUTParameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 4 10 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 47 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.9 (SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL) - (SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVALParameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 4 10 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 48 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.10 (SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS) - (SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANSParameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 4 10 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 49 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.11 (T_SAGI_GUARD) - (T_SAGI_GUARD) HMI Name T_SAGI_GUARDParameter Name Logical Name T_SAGI_GUARD Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 300 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 50 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2 Site (CAE) 3.2.1 (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR) - (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR) HMI Name ARC_SIZE_FACTORParameter Name Logical Name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 1.5 1.2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 51 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.2 (AZIMUTH) - (LCS_AZIMUTH) HMI Name AZIMUTHParameter Name Logical Name LCS_AZIMUTH Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules 0: 0 degree,, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 360 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS External Comment 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 52 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.3 (EN_CONV_GPS) - (EN_CONV_GPS) HMI Name EN_CONV_GPSParameter Name Logical Name EN_CONV_GPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 53 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.4 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (BSC)) HMI Name EN_LCSParameter Name Logical Name EN_LCS (BSC) Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 54 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.5 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (MFS)) HMI Name EN_LCSParameter Name Logical Name EN_LCS (MFS) Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 55 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.6 (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS) HMI Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPSParameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 56 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.7 (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS) HMI Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPSParameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 57 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.8 (EN_SAGI) - (EN_SAGI) HMI Name EN_SAGIParameter Name Logical Name EN_SAGI Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ? Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 58 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.9 (Geographical Coordinates) - (GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG) HMI Name Geographical CoordinatesParameter Name Logical Name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not. Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 59 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.10 (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH) - (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH) HMI Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTHParameter Name Logical Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 360 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 60 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.11 (LATITUDE) - (LCS_LATITUDE) HMI Name LATITUDEParameter Name Logical Name LCS_LATITUDE Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0,0,0,false 90,59,9999,true # Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS External Comment 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 61 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.12 (LONGITUDE) - (LCS_LONGITUDE) HMI Name LONGITUDEParameter Name Logical Name LCS_LONGITUDE Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0,0,0,false 180,59,9999,true # Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS External Comment 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 62 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.13 (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR) HMI Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTORParameter Name Logical Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.05 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0.5 1 0.6 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 63 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.14 (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR) HMI Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTORParameter Name Logical Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.05 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0.5 1 0.85 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 64 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.15 (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant) HMI Name T_LCS_Delay_TolerantParameter Name Logical Name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 300 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 65 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.16 (T_LCS_Low_Delay) - (T_LCS_Low_Delay) HMI Name T_LCS_Low_DelayParameter Name Logical Name T_LCS_Low_Delay Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 180 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 66 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.17 (T_Loc_abort) - (T_Loc_abort) HMI Name T_Loc_abortParameter Name Logical Name T_Loc_abort Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 30 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 67 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.18 (T_Location) - (T_Location) HMI Name T_LocationParameter Name Logical Name T_Location Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules - Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 300 15 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 68 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.19 (T_Location_Longer) - (T_Location_Longer) HMI Name T_Location_LongerParameter Name Logical Name T_Location_Longer Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 300 30 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 69 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.20 (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant) HMI Name T_RRLP_Delay_TolerantParameter Name Logical Name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 300 9 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 70 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.21 (T_RRLP_Low_Delay) - (T_RRLP_Low_Delay) HMI Name T_RRLP_Low_DelayParameter Name Logical Name T_RRLP_Low_Delay Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 120 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 71 / 1200
  • 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 72 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 73 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1 Network (CDE) 4.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON) HMI Name ADDR_MONParameter Name Logical Name ADDR_MON Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 15 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 74 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR) HMI Name ADDR_TRParameter Name Logical Name ADDR_TR Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 255 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 75 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP) HMI Name Autocleaning_TimerParameter Name Logical Name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 255 40 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures External Comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 76 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX) HMI Name BF_HI_RXParameter Name Logical Name BF_HI_RX Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 80 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 77 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX) HMI Name BF_HI_TXParameter Name Logical Name BF_HI_TX Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 30 16 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 78 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX) HMI Name BF_LO_RXParameter Name Logical Name BF_LO_RX Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 70 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 79 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX) HMI Name BF_LO_TXParameter Name Logical Name BF_LO_TX Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 30 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 80 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD) HMI Name CGI_REQUIREDParameter Name Logical Name CGI_REQD Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Mandatory rules – Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 81 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR) HMI Name COUNT_DECRParameter Name Logical Name COUNT_DECR Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 82 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.10 (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) - (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) HMI Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLDParameter Name Logical Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 50 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 83 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.11 (COUNT_INCR_1) - (COUNT_INCR_1) HMI Name COUNT_INCR_1Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_INCR_1 Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 10 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 84 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.12 (COUNT_INCR_2) - (COUNT_INCR_2) HMI Name COUNT_INCR_2Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_INCR_2 Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 85 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.13 (CRC_MON) - (CRC_MON) HMI Name CRC_MONParameter Name Logical Name CRC_MON Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 25.5 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 86 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.14 (CRC_TR) - (CRC_TR) HMI Name CRC_TRParameter Name Logical Name CRC_TR Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 255 50 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 87 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.15 (EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY) - (EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY) HMI Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGYParameter Name Logical Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY Definition Defines if the G1 non-capable MS is supported or not in the network. Coding rules 0: G1 non-capable MS-s are only supported in the cells where the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band) . 1: G1 non-capable MS-s are not supported in any cell that contains at least one G1 TRX of the network (Note these MS-s are still supported in other cells). Mandatory rules When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to "0", if the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band), then: 1) the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 TRX. 2) TRX_PREF_MARK must be <> 0 for a hopping G1 TRX . Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 88 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.16 (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) - (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) HMI Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREFParameter Name Logical Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a "dual rate, half-rate preferred", to allocate a full rate channel. Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 89 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.17 (I_TX_LAPD) - (I_TX_LAPD) HMI Name I_TX_LAPDParameter Name Logical Name I_TX_LAPD Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 5 204 105 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 90 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.18 (LB_DECR) - (LB_DECR) HMI Name LB_DECRParameter Name Logical Name LB_DECR Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 91 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.19 (LB_INCR) - (LB_INCR) HMI Name LB_INCRParameter Name Logical Name LB_INCR Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 92 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.20 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 93 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.21 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 94 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.22 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 95 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.23 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 30 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 96 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.24 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 40 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 97 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.25 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 98 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.26 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 99 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.27 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 100 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.28 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 101 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.29 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 102 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.30 (NBLK) - (NBLK) HMI Name NBLKParameter Name Logical Name NBLK Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 255 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 103 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.31 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 104 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.32 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 10 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 105 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.33 (NUBLK) - (NUBLK) HMI Name NUBLKParameter Name Logical Name NUBLK Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 255 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 106 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.34 (PROT_MON) - (PROT_MON) HMI Name PROT_MONParameter Name Logical Name PROT_MON Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 107 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.35 (PROT_TH) - (PROT_TH) HMI Name PROT_THParameter Name Logical Name PROT_TH Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 255 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 108 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.36 (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) - (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) HMI Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIODParameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 16 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 109 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.37 (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) - (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) HMI Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAYParameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 10 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 110 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.38 (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) - (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) HMI Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAYParameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 10 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 111 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.39 (SMS_INHIBIT) - (SMS_INHIBIT) HMI Name SMS_INHIBITParameter Name Logical Name SMS_INHIBIT Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support. Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 112 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.40 (SSF) - (SSF) HMI Name SSFParameter Name Logical Name SSF Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 12 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 113 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.41 (T_BTS_EST_CNF) - (T_BTS_EST_CNF) HMI Name T_BTS_EST_CNFParameter Name Logical Name T_BTS_EST_CNF Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 114 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.42 (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) - (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) HMI Name T_BTS_RLS_CNFParameter Name Logical Name T_BTS_RLS_CNF Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 115 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.43 (T_CBC_READY) - (T_CBC_READY) HMI Name T_CBC_READYParameter Name Logical Name T_CBC_READY Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. Coding rules step size: 1 sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 10 600 300 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 116 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.44 (T_COUNT_I) - (T_COUNT_I) HMI Name T_COUNT_IParameter Name Logical Name T_COUNT_I Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 50 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 117 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.45 (T_i) - (T_i) HMI Name T_iParameter Name Logical Name T_i Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 120 22 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment Some "slow" MSC (e.g. legacy MSC) may take more than one minute to reply the BSC request (e.g. the SST message sent by the BSC). If the BSC is connected to such kind of "slow" MSC, increasing the T_i value up to 120 seconds may be necessary. Otherwise after T_i expiry, the BSC triggers an unexpected Internal Reset procedure. This leads to telecom outage for several minutes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 118 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.46 (T_LB_OV) - (T_LB_OV) HMI Name T_LB_OVParameter Name Logical Name T_LB_OV Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 25.5 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 119 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.47 (T_OVL_MSC) - (T_OVL_MSC) HMI Name T_OVL_MSCParameter Name Logical Name T_OVL_MSC Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 6553.5 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 120 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.48 (T_RCR_ACK) - (T_RCR_ACK) HMI Name T_RCR_ACKParameter Name Logical Name T_RCR_ACK Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 121 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.49 (T_SMSCB_RESP) - (T_SMSCB_RESP) HMI Name T_SMSCB_RESPParameter Name Logical Name T_SMSCB_RESP Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 1 10 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 122 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.50 (T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL) - (T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL) HMI Name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_RELParameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL Definition This timer defines the time that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message indicating that the TCH resource allocated to a DTM capable MS is being released at the BSC side, the MFS shall wait before releasing the TCH resource in its turn. Coding rules step size = 100 ms, coded from 0 to 50 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue ms 0 5000 1000 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment The value "0" indicates that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message, the MFS shall release immediately the related TCH resource Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 123 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.51 (T1_0858) - (T1_0858) HMI Name T1_0858Parameter Name Logical Name T1_0858 Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 3 6553.5 30 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 124 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.52 (T2_0858) - (T2_0858) HMI Name T2_0858Parameter Name Logical Name T2_0858 Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 3 6553.5 50 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 125 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.53 (T9101) - (T9101) HMI Name T9101Parameter Name Logical Name T9101 Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 126 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.54 (T9103) - (T9103) HMI Name T9103Parameter Name Logical Name T9103 Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 127 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.55 (T9108) - (T9108) HMI Name T9108Parameter Name Logical Name T9108 Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 128 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.56 (T9110) - (T9110) HMI Name T9110Parameter Name Logical Name T9110 Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules – Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 6553.5 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 129 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.57 (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) - (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) HMI Name TCH_INFO_PERIODParameter Name Logical Name TCH_INFO_PERIOD Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 2 25.5 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 130 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.58 (THR_LB_OV) - (THR_LB_OV) HMI Name THR_LB_OVParameter Name Logical Name THR_LB_OV Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 50 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 131 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.59 (THRESHOLD_1_0) - (THRESHOLD_1_0) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_0Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_0 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 0. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 25 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 132 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.60 (THRESHOLD_1_1) - (THRESHOLD_1_1) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_1Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_1 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 1. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 28 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 133 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.61 (THRESHOLD_1_10) - (THRESHOLD_1_10) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_10Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_10 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 10. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 55 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 134 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.62 (THRESHOLD_1_2) - (THRESHOLD_1_2) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_2Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_2 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 2. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 31 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 135 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.63 (THRESHOLD_1_3) - (THRESHOLD_1_3) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_3Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_3 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 3. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 34 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 136 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.64 (THRESHOLD_1_4) - (THRESHOLD_1_4) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_4Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_4 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 4. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 37 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 137 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.65 (THRESHOLD_1_5) - (THRESHOLD_1_5) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_5Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_5 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 5. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 40 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 138 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.66 (THRESHOLD_1_6) - (THRESHOLD_1_6) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_6Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_6 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 6. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 43 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 139 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.67 (THRESHOLD_1_7) - (THRESHOLD_1_7) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_7Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_7 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 7. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 46 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 140 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.68 (THRESHOLD_1_8) - (THRESHOLD_1_8) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_8Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_8 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 8. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 49 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 141 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.69 (THRESHOLD_1_9) - (THRESHOLD_1_9) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_9Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_9 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 9. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 52 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 142 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.70 (THRESHOLD_2_0) - (THRESHOLD_2_0) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_0Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_0 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 0. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 22 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 143 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.71 (THRESHOLD_2_1) - (THRESHOLD_2_1) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_1Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_1 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 1. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 25 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 144 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.72 (THRESHOLD_2_10) - (THRESHOLD_2_10) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_10Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_10 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 10. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 52 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 145 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.73 (THRESHOLD_2_2) - (THRESHOLD_2_2) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_2Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_2 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 2. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 28 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 146 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.74 (THRESHOLD_2_3) - (THRESHOLD_2_3) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_3Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_3 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 3. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 31 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 147 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.75 (THRESHOLD_2_4) - (THRESHOLD_2_4) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_4Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_4 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 4. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 34 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 148 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.76 (THRESHOLD_2_5) - (THRESHOLD_2_5) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_5Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_5 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 5. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 37 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 149 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.77 (THRESHOLD_2_6) - (THRESHOLD_2_6) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_6Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_6 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 6. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 40 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 150 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.78 (THRESHOLD_2_7) - (THRESHOLD_2_7) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_7Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_7 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 7. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 43 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 151 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.79 (THRESHOLD_2_8) - (THRESHOLD_2_8) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_8Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_8 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 8. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 46 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 152 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.80 (THRESHOLD_2_9) - (THRESHOLD_2_9) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_9Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_9 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 9. Coding rules – Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 49 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 153 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.81 (TL_TCUA) - (TL_TCUA) HMI Name TL_TCUAParameter Name Logical Name TL_TCUA Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 50 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 154 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.82 (TL0) - (TL0) HMI Name TL0Parameter Name Logical Name TL0 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0. Coding rules – Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 155 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.83 (TL1) - (TL1) HMI Name TL1Parameter Name Logical Name TL1 Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Coding rules – Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 70 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 156 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.84 (TL2) - (TL2) HMI Name TL2Parameter Name Logical Name TL2 Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Coding rules – Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 85 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 157 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.85 (TL3) - (TL3) HMI Name TL3Parameter Name Logical Name TL3 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "High Overload" state if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in "Very High Overload" State if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "Low Overload" state if "TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3. Coding rules – Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 75 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 158 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.86 (TL4) - (TL4) HMI Name TL4Parameter Name Logical Name TL4 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Very High Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Coding rules – Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 95 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 159 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.87 (TRG_SDCCH) - (TRG_SDCCH) HMI Name TRG_SDCCHParameter Name Logical Name TRG_SDCCH Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC proc Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 160 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.1.88 (TS_TCUA) - (TS_TCUA) HMI Name TS_TCUAParameter Name Logical Name TS_TCUA Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Recommended rules – Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0.1 50 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 161 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2 Site (CAE) 4.2.1 (A_LEV_HO) - (A_LEV_HO) HMI Name A_LEV_HOParameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_HO Definition Window size for level averages for handover. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Single 8 Umbrella 8 Concentric 8 Concentric Umbrella 8 Microcell 4 Minicell 8 Extended inner cell 8 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 8 Nb of TRX Dependent No 162 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.2 (A_LEV_MCHO) - (A_LEV_MCHO) HMI Name A_LEV_MCHOParameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_MCHO Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 15 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters /Lower Layer HO Control External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell 2 Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 163 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.3 (A_LEV_PC) - (A_LEV_PC) HMI Name A_LEV_PCParameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_PC Definition Window size for level averages for power control. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 164 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.4 (A_PBGT_DR) - (A_PBGT_DR) HMI Name A_PBGT_DRParameter Name Logical Name A_PBGT_DR Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 15 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 165 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.5 (A_PBGT_HO) - (A_PBGT_HO) HMI Name A_PBGT_HOParameter Name Logical Name A_PBGT_HO Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 16 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area Single 12 Umbrella 12 Concentric 12 Concentric Umbrella 12 Microcell 6 Minicell 12 Extended inner cell 12 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 12 Nb of TRX Dependent No 166 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.6 (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) - (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HRParameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 61 61 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 167 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.7 (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) - (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FRParameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 61 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 168 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.8 (A_QUAL_HO) - (A_QUAL_HO) HMI Name A_QUAL_HOParameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_HO Definition Window size for quality averages for handover. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Single 8 Umbrella 8 Concentric 8 Concentric Umbrella 8 Microcell 4 Minicell 8 Extended inner cell 8 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 8 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 169 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.9 (A_QUAL_PC) - (A_QUAL_PC) HMI Name A_QUAL_PCParameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_PC Definition Window size for quality averages for power control. Coding rules – Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 170 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.10 (A_RANGE_HO) - (A_RANGE_HO) HMI Name A_RANGE_HOParameter Name Logical Name A_RANGE_HO Definition Window size for distance averages. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 171 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.11 (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name A_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name Logical Name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Window size for load averages. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 16 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 172 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.12 (AC 0) - (AC_0) HMI Name AC 0Parameter Name Logical Name AC_0 Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 173 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.13 (AC 1) - (AC_1) HMI Name AC 1Parameter Name Logical Name AC_1 Definition Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 174 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.14 (AC 11) - (AC_11) HMI Name AC 11Parameter Name Logical Name AC_11 Definition Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 175 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.15 (AC 12) - (AC_12) HMI Name AC 12Parameter Name Logical Name AC_12 Definition Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 176 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.16 (AC 13) - (AC_13) HMI Name AC 13Parameter Name Logical Name AC_13 Definition Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 177 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.17 (AC 14) - (AC_14) HMI Name AC 14Parameter Name Logical Name AC_14 Definition Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 178 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.18 (AC 15) - (AC_15) HMI Name AC 15Parameter Name Logical Name AC_15 Definition Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 179 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.19 (AC 2) - (AC_2) HMI Name AC 2Parameter Name Logical Name AC_2 Definition Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 180 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.20 (AC 3) - (AC_3) HMI Name AC 3Parameter Name Logical Name AC_3 Definition Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 181 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.21 (AC 4) - (AC_4) HMI Name AC 4Parameter Name Logical Name AC_4 Definition Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 182 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.22 (AC 5) - (AC_5) HMI Name AC 5Parameter Name Logical Name AC_5 Definition Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 183 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.23 (AC 6) - (AC_6) HMI Name AC 6Parameter Name Logical Name AC_6 Definition Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 184 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.24 (AC 7) - (AC_7) HMI Name AC 7Parameter Name Logical Name AC_7 Definition Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 185 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.25 (AC 8) - (AC_8) HMI Name AC 8Parameter Name Logical Name AC_8 Definition Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 186 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.26 (AC 9) - (AC_9) HMI Name AC 9Parameter Name Logical Name AC_9 Definition Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 187 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.27 (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) - (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) HMI Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAMParameter Name Logical Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 188 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.28 (AG_PREMPT_PCH) - (AG_PREMPT_PCH) HMI Name AG_PREMPT_PCHParameter Name Logical Name AG_PREMPT_PCH Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one remaining free AGCH block. Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Ctrl Channel External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 189 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.29 (ALLOC_ANYWAY) - (ALLOC_ANYWAY) HMI Name ALLOC_ANYWAYParameter Name Logical Name ALLOC_ANYWAY Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control External Comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 190 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.30 (AMR_FR_HYST) - (AMR_FR_HYST) HMI Name AMR_FR_HYSTParameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_HYST Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules – Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 7.5 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 191 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.31 (AMR_FR_SUBSET) - (AMR_FR_SUBSET) HMI Name AMR_FR_SUBSETParameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_SUBSET Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 240 164 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 192 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.32 (AMR_FR_THR_1) - (AMR_FR_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_1Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 6.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 193 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.33 (AMR_FR_THR_2) - (AMR_FR_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_2Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 11.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 194 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.34 (AMR_FR_THR_3) - (AMR_FR_THR_3) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_3Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_3 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 11.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 195 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.35 (AMR_HR_HYST) - (AMR_HR_HYST) HMI Name AMR_HR_HYSTParameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_HYST Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules – Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 7.5 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 196 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.36 (AMR_HR_SUBSET) - (AMR_HR_SUBSET) HMI Name AMR_HR_SUBSETParameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_SUBSET Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 60 22 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 197 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.37 (AMR_HR_THR_1) - (AMR_HR_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_1Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 11 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 198 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.38 (AMR_HR_THR_2) - (AMR_HR_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_2Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 12.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 199 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.39 (AMR_HR_THR_3) - (AMR_HR_THR_3) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_3Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_3 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 12.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 200 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.40 (AMR_START_MODE_FR) - (AMR_START_MODE_FR) HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_FRParameter Name Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_FR Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 4 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 201 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.41 (AMR_START_MODE_HR) - (AMR_START_MODE_HR) HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_HRParameter Name Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_HR Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR-NB HR should be avoided. Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 4 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC &SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 202 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.42 (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 7.5 2.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 203 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.43 (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between highest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 7.5 2.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 204 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.44 (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 6 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 205 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.45 (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and highest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 31.5 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 206 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.46 (AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD) - (EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOADParameter Name Logical Name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 207 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.47 (AUTO_BAR_CELL) - (AUT_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_CELLParameter Name Logical Name AUT_BAR Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 208 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.48 (AUTO_BAR_EC) - (EC_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_ECParameter Name Logical Name EC_BAR Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 209 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.49 (Automatic AC barring on TCH load) - (EN_LOAD_MNGT) HMI Name Automatic AC barring on TCH loadParameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_MNGT Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 210 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.50 (B_NUM) - (B_NUM) HMI Name B_NUMParameter Name Logical Name B_NUM Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 35 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment Default value depends on MSC type. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 211 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.51 (BCC) - (BCC (BSC)) HMI Name BCCParameter Name Logical Name BCC (BSC) Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 212 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.52 (BCC) - (BCC (MFS)) HMI Name BCCParameter Name Logical Name BCC (MFS) Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 213 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.53 (BCC) - (BCC (n)) HMI Name BCCParameter Name Logical Name BCC (n) Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 1/2 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 214 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.54 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n)) HMI Name BCCH_ARFCNParameter Name Logical Name BCCH_ARFCN(n) Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) 1) for Non Evolium serving cell : The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is mixed 2G/3G, and if all 2G frequencies can be encoded in the SI2 or SI2bis message, and if the SI2ter message is used to encode only 3G frequencies, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - since the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1023 None Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 215 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.55 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_FREQUENCY(n)) HMI Name BCCH_ARFCNParameter Name Logical Name BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Coding rules – Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) 1) for Non Evolium serving cell : Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1023 None Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 216 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.56 (BCCH_EXT) - (BCCH_EXT) HMI Name BCCH_EXTParameter Name Logical Name BCCH_EXT Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. Coding rules 0: false, 1:true Mandatory rules -BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one. -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config / TRX Configuration External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 217 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.57 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)) HMI Name BS_AG_BLKS_RESParameter Name Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel External Comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 218 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.58 (BS_P_CON_ACK) - (BS_P_CON_ACK) HMI Name BS_P_CON_ACKParameter Name Logical Name BS_P_CON_ACK Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Single 3 Umbrella 3 Concentric 3 Concentric Umbrella 3 Microcell 2 Minicell 3 Extended inner cell 3 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 3 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 219 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.59 (BS_P_CON_INT) - (BS_P_CON_INT) HMI Name BS_P_CON_INTParameter Name Logical Name BS_P_CON_INT Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue 2 x Samfr 0 31 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Single 1 Umbrella 1 Concentric 1 Concentric Umbrella 1 Microcell 0 Minicell 1 Extended inner cell 1 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 1 Nb of TRX Dependent No 220 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.60 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)) HMI Name BS_PA_MFRMSParameter Name Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 2 9 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 221 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.61 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)) When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against the actual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondary sector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has to adjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER to avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available. HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -30 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 222 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.62 (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)) When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against the actual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondary sector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has to adjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER to avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available. HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERParameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -30 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 223 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric # Concentric Umbrella # Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 224 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.63 (BS_TXPWR_MIN) - (BS_TXPWR_MIN) HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MINParameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MIN Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -30 0 -24 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 225 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.64 (BSC Primary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_primary_address) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address Definition BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem OMC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 * Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 226 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.65 (BSC Primary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 227 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.66 (BSC Primary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [10]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 228 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.67 (BSC Primary X25 Address [11]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [11]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 229 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.68 (BSC Primary X25 Address [12]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [12]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 230 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.69 (BSC Primary X25 Address [13]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [13]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 231 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.70 (BSC Primary X25 Address [14]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [14]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 232 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.71 (BSC Primary X25 Address [15]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [15]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 233 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.72 (BSC Primary X25 Address [2]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [2]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 234 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.73 (BSC Primary X25 Address [3]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [3]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 235 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.74 (BSC Primary X25 Address [4]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [4]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 236 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.75 (BSC Primary X25 Address [5]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [5]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 237 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.76 (BSC Primary X25 Address [6]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [6]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 238 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.77 (BSC Primary X25 Address [7]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [7]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 239 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.78 (BSC Primary X25 Address [8]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [8]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 240 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.79 (BSC Primary X25 Address [9]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [9]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 241 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.80 (BSC Secondary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address Definition BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem OMC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 * Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 242 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.81 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 243 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.82 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 244 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.83 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 245 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.84 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 246 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.85 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 247 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.86 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 248 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.87 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 249 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.88 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 250 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.89 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 251 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.90 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 252 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.91 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 253 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.92 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 254 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.93 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 255 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.94 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 256 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.95 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 257 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.96 (BSC Signalling Point Code) - (OPC) HMI Name BSC Signalling Point CodeParameter Name Logical Name OPC Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC. Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 16383 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info External Comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 258 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.97 (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) - (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) HMI Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_INDParameter Name Logical Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 259 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.98 (BSIC) - (BSIC (GSM)) HMI Name BSICParameter Name Logical Name BSIC (GSM) Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None # # # Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 260 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.99 (BTS_Queue_Length) - (BTS_Q_LENGTH) HMI Name BTS_Queue_LengthParameter Name Logical Name BTS_Q_LENGTH Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 64 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 261 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.100 (CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT) - (RE) HMI Name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENTParameter Name Logical Name RE Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 262 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.101 (Call_User_Data_Selector) - (Call_user_data_sel) HMI Name Call_User_Data_SelectorParameter Name Logical Name Call_user_data_sel Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 263 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.102 (Candidate cell priority) - (PRIORITY(0,n)) HMI Name Candidate cell priorityParameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY(0,n) Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 5 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 264 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.103 (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) - (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) HMI Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITIONParameter Name Logical Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a "general capture" handover. Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 265 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.104 (CBC Primary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_primary_address) HMI Name CBC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name Logical Name CBC_X25_primary_address Definition CBC X25 primary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 32 Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 266 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.105 (CBC Secondary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_secondary_address) HMI Name CBC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name Logical Name CBC_X25_secondary_address Definition CBC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 32 Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 267 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.106 (CBC_Operator) - (Operator) HMI Name CBC_OperatorParameter Name Logical Name Operator Definition Identifies the CBC operator. Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 32 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 268 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.107 (CBC_Password) - (Password) HMI Name CBC_PasswordParameter Name Logical Name Password Definition CBC password. Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 32 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 269 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.108 (CBC_Window) - (CBC_window) HMI Name CBC_WindowParameter Name Logical Name CBC_window Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 3 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking External Comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 270 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.109 (CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD) - (RACHRT) HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIODParameter Name Logical Name RACHRT Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue 51mfr 1 255 255 Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 271 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.110 (CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD) - (RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER) HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIODParameter Name Logical Name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. Coding rules step size=1 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue 51mfr 1 255 32 Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 272 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.111 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type) HMI Name Cell TypeParameter Name Logical Name Cell_Type Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an OMC own cell. Used for cell default parameter template. Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None * * # Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Parameter Access Create Cell(+ External OMC cell information) External Comment *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 273 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 274 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.112 (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) - (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) HMI Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFYParameter Name Logical Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 275 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.113 (CELL_EVALUATION) - (CELL_EV) HMI Name CELL_EVALUATIONParameter Name Logical Name CELL_EV Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Single grade (1) Umbrella grade (1) Concentric grade (1) Concentric Umbrella grade (1) Microcell order (0) Minicell grade (1) Extended inner cell grade (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell grade (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 276 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.114 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 14 6 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection External Comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 277 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.115 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 126 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 278 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.116 (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) - (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_INDParameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 279 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.117 (Cell_Type) - (Cell_Type (n)) HMI Name Cell_TypeParameter Name Logical Name Cell_Type (n) Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an adjacent cell (OMC own cell or OMC external cell). Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11), GAN(12) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. The "GAN" value is allowed only for external cells. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None * * # Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – 280 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters External Comment *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer - GAN Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 281 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.118 (CI) - (CI (BSC)) HMI Name CIParameter Name Logical Name CI (BSC) Definition Cell Identity. Coding rules – Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 282 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.119 (CI) - (CI(n)(BSC)) HMI Name CIParameter Name Logical Name CI(n)(BSC) Definition Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI(n)(MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 283 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.120 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)) HMI Name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1Parameter Name Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 2 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Ciphering External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 284 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.121 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2)) HMI Name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2Parameter Name Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No Parameter Access — External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 285 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.122 (ciphering capabilities) - (BTS_CIPH_CAP) HMI Name ciphering capabilitiesParameter Name Logical Name BTS_CIPH_CAP Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BTS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Create/Modify/Copy/Move BTS / Additional information External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 286 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.123 (Circuit Identity Code) - (CIC) HMI Name Circuit Identity CodeParameter Name Logical Name CIC Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance A ch Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 287 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.124 (DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_DEC_HO_margin) HMI Name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGINParameter Name Logical Name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 24 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Single 5 dB (5) Umbrella 5 dB (5) Concentric 5 dB (5) Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5) Microcell 4 dB (4) Minicell 5 dB (5) Extended inner cell 5 dB (5) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) Nb of TRX Dependent No 288 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.125 (DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_INC_HO_margin) HMI Name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGINParameter Name Logical Name DELTA_INC_HO_margin Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 24 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Single 5 dB (5) Umbrella 5 dB (5) Concentric 5 dB (5) Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5) Microcell 4 dB (4) Minicell 5 dB (5) Extended inner cell 5 dB (5) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 289 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.126 (Directed_Retry) - (EN_DR) HMI Name Directed_RetryParameter Name Logical Name EN_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 290 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.127 (DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 291 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.128 (Downlink DTX) - (DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE) HMI Name Downlink DTXParameter Name Logical Name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Mandatory rules – Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 292 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.129 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FRParameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 293 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.130 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HRParameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 294 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.131 (DOWNLINK_DTX_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_HR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_HRParameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 295 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.132 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR) HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATORParameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 296 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.133 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR) HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB FR. Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 297 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.134 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR) HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATORParameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 298 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.135 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR) HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB HR. Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 299 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.136 (DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-WB GMSK. Coding rules 0= the MS may use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 1= the MS shall use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 2=the MS shall not use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, Mandatory rules – Recommended rules The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 300 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.137 (DWELL_TIME_STEP) - (DWELL_TIME_STEP) HMI Name DWELL_TIME_STEPParameter Name Logical Name DWELL_TIME_STEP Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 30 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 301 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.138 (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) - (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) HMI Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSEParameter Name Logical Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. Coding rules coded over 8 bits Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 127 13 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 302 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.139 (EDR_MSG_ORDER) - (EDR_MSG_ORDER) HMI Name EDR_MSG_ORDERParameter Name Logical Name EDR_MSG_ORDER Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 303 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.140 (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) - (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) HMI Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINEDParameter Name Logical Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 304 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.141 (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) - (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) HMI Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAILParameter Name Logical Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 305 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.142 (EFR_ENABLED) - (EFR_ENABLED) HMI Name EFR_ENABLEDParameter Name Logical Name EFR_ENABLED Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 306 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.143 (EMERGENCY_CALL) - (EC) HMI Name EMERGENCY_CALLParameter Name Logical Name EC Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 307 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.144 (EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU) - (EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU) HMI Name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCUParameter Name Logical Name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU Definition Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic. For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed. For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed. Coding rules 0: static 1:dynamic Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 308 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.145 (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR) - (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR) HMI Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HRParameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 309 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.146 (EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR) - (EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR) HMI Name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FRParameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 310 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.147 (EN_AMR_FR) - (EN_AMR_FR) HMI Name EN_AMR_FRParameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_FR Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 311 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.148 (EN_AMR_HR) - (EN_AMR_HR) HMI Name EN_AMR_HRParameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_HR Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 312 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.149 (EN_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR WB GMSK is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 313 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.150 (EN_BALANCED_CI) - (EN_BALANCED_CI) HMI Name EN_BALANCED_CIParameter Name Logical Name EN_BALANCED_CI Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X / Description External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 314 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.151 (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) - (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) HMI Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "too high level in outer zone" handover cause (cause 13). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 315 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.152 (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)) - (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)) HMI Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 316 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.153 (EN_BS_PC) - (EN_BS_PC) HMI Name EN_BS_PCParameter Name Logical Name EN_BS_PC Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 317 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.154 (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) - (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) HMI Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUPParameter Name Logical Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 318 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.155 (EN_DIST_HO) - (EN_DIST_HO) HMI Name EN_DIST_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_DIST_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "distance" handover cause (cause 6). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance External Comment – Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell enable (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell enable (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 319 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.156 (EN_EDR) - (EN_EXT_DR) HMI Name EN_EDRParameter Name Logical Name EN_EXT_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry External Comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 320 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.157 (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) - (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) HMI Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REPParameter Name Logical Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 321 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.158 (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) HMI Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 322 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.159 (EN_FORCED_DR) - (EN_FORCED_DR) HMI Name EN_FORCED_DRParameter Name Logical Name EN_FORCED_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the "Forced Directed Retry" handover cause detection. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 323 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.160 (EN_GAN_HO) - (EN_GAN_HO) HMI Name EN_GAN_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_GAN_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 324 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.161 (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) - (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) HMI Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "general capture" handover cause (cause 24). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and Multiband HO ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 325 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.162 (EN_HSL) - (EN_HSL) HMI Name EN_HSLParameter Name Logical Name EN_HSL Definition Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link). Coding rules 0: HSL disabled 1: HSL enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment Changeable on the BSC terminal. if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters: Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL replaces the old ones: Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 326 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.163 (EN_IMM_ASS_REJ) - (EN_IM_ASS_REJ) HMI Name EN_IMM_ASS_REJParameter Name Logical Name EN_IM_ASS_REJ Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure External Comment This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages cannot be disabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 327 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.164 (EN_INCOMING_HO) - (EN_IC_HO) HMI Name EN_INCOMING_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_IC_HO Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 328 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.165 (EN_INTERBAND_HO) - (EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH) HMI Name EN_INTERBAND_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 329 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.166 (EN_INTRA_DL) - (EN_INTRA_DL) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DLParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 330 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.167 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMRParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules – Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 331 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.168 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules – Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 332 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.169 (EN_INTRA_UL) - (EN_INTRA_UL) HMI Name EN_INTRA_ULParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 333 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.170 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMRParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules – Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 334 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.171 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules – Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 335 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.172 (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) - (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) HMI Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATEDParameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 336 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.173 (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) - (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) HMI Name EN_LOAD_BALANCEParameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_BALANCE Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell /HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control External Comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric disable (0) Concentric Umbrella disable (0) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 337 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.174 (EN_LOAD_ORDER) - (EN_LOAD_ORDER) HMI Name EN_LOAD_ORDERParameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_ORDER Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 338 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.175 (EN_MA_SELECTION) - (EN_MA_SELECTION) HMI Name EN_MA_SELECTIONParameter Name Logical Name EN_MA_SELECTION Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 339 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.176 (EN_MCHO_H_DL) - (EN_MCHO_H_DL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_DLParameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink micro-cell" handover cause (cause 18). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control External Comment – Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 340 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.177 (EN_MCHO_H_UL) - (EN_MCHO_H_UL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_ULParameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink mirco-cell " handover cause (cause 17). Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Lower Layer HO Control External Comment – Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 341 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.178 (EN_MCHO_NCELL) - (EN_MCHO_NCELL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_NCELLParameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_NCELL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell" handover cause (cause 14). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Single disable (0) * Umbrella enable (1) Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 342 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.179 (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) - (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) HMI Name EN_MCHO_RESCUEParameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_RESCUE Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "consecutive bad SACCH frames" handover cause (cause 7). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control External Comment – Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 343 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.180 (EN_MS_PC) - (EN_MS_PC) HMI Name EN_MS_PCParameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_PC Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 344 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.181 (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) - (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) HMI Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 345 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.182 (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) - (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) HMI Name EN_PBGT_FILTERINGParameter Name Logical Name EN_PBGT_FILTERING Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell disable (0) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) Nb of TRX Dependent No 346 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.183 (EN_PBGT_HO) - (EN_PBGT_HO) HMI Name EN_PBGT_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_PBGT_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "power budget" handover cause (cause 12). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 347 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.184 (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) - (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) HMI Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 348 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.185 (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) - (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) HMI Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERINGParameter Name Logical Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 349 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.186 (EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY) - (EN_RL_RECOV) HMI Name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERYParameter Name Logical Name EN_RL_RECOV Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision External Comment – Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell enable (1) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell enable (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell enable (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 350 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.187 (EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA) - (EN_RESCUE_UM) HMI Name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLAParameter Name Logical Name EN_RESCUE_UM Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 351 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.188 (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO) - (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO) HMI Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO Definition Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 352 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.189 (EN_RXLEV_DL) - (EN_RXLEV_DL) HMI Name EN_RXLEV_DLParameter Name Logical Name EN_RXLEV_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink" handover cause (cause 5). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 353 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.190 (EN_RXLEV_UL) - (EN_RXLEV_UL) HMI Name EN_RXLEV_ULParameter Name Logical Name EN_RXLEV_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink" handover cause (cause 3). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 354 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.191 (EN_RXQUAL_DL) - (EN_RXQUAL_DL) HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_DLParameter Name Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality downlink" handover cause (cause 4). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 355 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.192 (EN_RXQUAL_UL) - (EN_RXQUAL_UL) HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_ULParameter Name Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality uplink" handover cause (cause 2). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 356 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.193 (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) - (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) HMI Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODEParameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE Definition This flag controls "Current channel" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 357 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.194 (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) - (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) HMI Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VERParameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER Definition This flag controls "Speech version (used)" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 358 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.195 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA) HMI Name EN_SOLSAParameter Name Logical Name EN_SOLSA Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 359 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.196 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA(n)) HMI Name EN_SOLSAParameter Name Logical Name EN_SOLSA(n) Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 2/2 External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 360 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.197 (EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION) - (EN_SPEED_DISC) HMI Name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATIONParameter Name Logical Name EN_SPEED_DISC Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) Microcell disable (0) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 361 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.198 (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) - (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) HMI Name EN_TCH_PREEMPTParameter Name Logical Name EN_TCH_PREEMPT Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Gen. Timers & Proc. External Comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 362 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.199 (EN_TFO) - (EN_TFO) HMI Name EN_TFOParameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function for FR, EFR and HR codecs. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 363 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.200 (EN_TFO_AMR_WB) - (EN_TFO_AMR_WB) HMI Name EN_TFO_AMR_WBParameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_AMR_WB Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function for AMR-WB codec. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules - Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 364 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.201 (EN_TFO_MATCH) - (EN_TFO_MATCH) HMI Name EN_TFO_MATCHParameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_MATCH Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function (for FR, EFR, AMR-WB and HR codecs). Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1or if EN_TFO_AMR_WB=1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 365 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.202 (EN_TFO_OPT) - (EN_TFO_OPT) HMI Name EN_TFO_OPTParameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_OPT Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 366 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.203 (EN_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)) HMI Name EN_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name Logical Name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "traffic" handover cause (cause 23). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 367 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.204 (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) - (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) HMI Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUITParameter Name Logical Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 368 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.205 (EXT_HO_FORCED) - (EXT_HO_FORCED) HMI Name EXT_HO_FORCEDParameter Name Logical Name EXT_HO_FORCED Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 369 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.206 (Extended CBCH) - (Use_of_Extended_CBCH) HMI Name Extended CBCHParameter Name Logical Name Use_of_Extended_CBCH Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB External Comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 370 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.207 (FORBID_AMR_NS) - (FORBID_AMR_NS) HMI Name FORBID_AMR_NSParameter Name Logical Name FORBID_AMR_NS Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR External Comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR, EN_AMR_HR or EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 371 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.208 (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) - (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) HMI Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_FParameter Name Logical Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 372 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.209 (Force TFO versus AMR) - (FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR) HMI Name Force TFO versus AMRParameter Name Logical Name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR. Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 373 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.210 (Forced_Queuing) - (QUEUE_ANYWAY) HMI Name Forced_QueuingParameter Name Logical Name QUEUE_ANYWAY Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 374 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.211 (Forward_CM_3) - (EN_SEND_CM3) HMI Name Forward_CM_3Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_CM3 Definition This flag enables/disables sending of "Classmark 3" IE to the MSC. Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE then the parameter shall be set to "1", otherwise the parameter shall be set to "0". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 375 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.212 (Free_Factor_1) - (Freefactor_1) HMI Name Free_Factor_1Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_1 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 16 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 376 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.213 (Free_Factor_2) - (Freefactor_2) HMI Name Free_Factor_2Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_2 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 16 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 377 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.214 (Free_Factor_3) - (Freefactor_3) HMI Name Free_Factor_3Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_3 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 16 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 378 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.215 (Free_Factor_4) - (Freefactor_4) HMI Name Free_Factor_4Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_4 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 16 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 379 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.216 (Free_Factor_5) - (Freefactor_5) HMI Name Free_Factor_5Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_5 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 16 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 380 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.217 (Free_Level_1) - (Freelevel_1) HMI Name Free_Level_1Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_1 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 381 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.218 (Free_Level_2) - (Freelevel_2) HMI Name Free_Level_2Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_2 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 382 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.219 (Free_Level_3) - (Freelevel_3) HMI Name Free_Level_3Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_3 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 383 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.220 (Free_Level_4) - (Freelevel_4) HMI Name Free_Level_4Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_4 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 384 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.221 (Free_Level_DR) - (Freelevel_DR(n)) HMI Name Free_Level_DRParameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_DR(n) Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 255 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment – Single See TRXnb Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric See TRXnb Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell See TRXnb Minicell See TRXnb Extended inner cell 255 * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 255 * Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 385 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.222 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGEParameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands". Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC 386 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 6 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 387 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.223 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(MFS)) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGEParameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(MFS) Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (GAN cell excluded). Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) must be equal to "Concentric". - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 6 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit external cell / circuit 1/2 External Comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands. 388 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 389 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.224 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(OMC)) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGEParameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(OMC) Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (internal or external to the OMC). Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GAN" then CELL_RANGE must be equal to "GAN" - the value GAN is only allowed for the OMC external cells - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands". Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) 390 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters Type Number SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment Value "7" exists only starting from MR2. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 391 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.225 (GSM_PHASE) - (GSM_PHASE) HMI Name GSM_PHASEParameter Name Logical Name GSM_PHASE Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 392 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.226 (H_LOAD_OBJ) - (H_LOAD_OBJ) HMI Name H_LOAD_OBJParameter Name Logical Name H_LOAD_OBJ Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 80 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 393 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.227 (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) HMI Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name Logical Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules – Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 120 20 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 394 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.228 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P1) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P1Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 395 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.229 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P2) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P2Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 15 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 396 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.230 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P3) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P3Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 14 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 397 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.231 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P4) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P4Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 13 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 398 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.232 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P5) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P5Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 399 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.233 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P6) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P6Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 10 15 11 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 400 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.234 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. Coding rules – Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 80 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 401 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.235 (Highest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)) HMI Name Highest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name Logical Name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coding rules – Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None -1 1023 -1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Reselection External Comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 402 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.236 (HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE) - (T_FILTER) HMI Name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCEParameter Name Logical Name T_FILTER Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 403 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.237 (HO_MARGIN) - (HOmargin (0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGINParameter Name Logical Name HOmargin (0,n) Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -127 127 5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Single 5 dB Umbrella 5 dB Concentric 5 dB Concentric Umbrella 5 dB Microcell 4 dB Minicell 5 dB Extended inner cell 5 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 404 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.238 (HO_MARGIN_DIST) - (HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_DISTParameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -127 127 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Single 2 dB Umbrella 2 dB Concentric 2 dB Concentric Umbrella 2 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 2 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 405 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.239 (HO_MARGIN_LEV) - (HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_LEVParameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -127 127 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Single 2 dB Umbrella 2 dB Concentric 0 dB Concentric Umbrella 0 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 0 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 406 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.240 (HO_MARGIN_QUAL) - (HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_QUALParameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -127 127 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Single 1 dB Umbrella 1 dB Concentric 1 dB Concentric Umbrella 1 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 1 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 407 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.241 (HR_ENABLED) - (HR_ENABLED) HMI Name HR_ENABLEDParameter Name Logical Name HR_ENABLED Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 408 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.242 (IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE) - (IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL) HMI Name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILUREParameter Name Logical Name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag. Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; Mandatory rules – Recommended rules If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side, there is no more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 409 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.243 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (BSC)) HMI Name IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name Logical Name ATT (BSC) Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 410 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.244 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (MFS)) HMI Name IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name Logical Name ATT (MFS) Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC) Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 411 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.245 (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name Logical Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 412 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.246 (INTAVE) - (INTAVE) HMI Name INTAVEParameter Name Logical Name INTAVE Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue Samfr 1 31 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 413 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.247 (INTERCELL_HO) - (HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED) HMI Name INTERCELL_HOParameter Name Logical Name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 414 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.248 (Interference bands 1-2 limit) - (INTFBD1) HMI Name Interference bands 1-2 limitParameter Name Logical Name INTFBD1 Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -100 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 415 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.249 (Interference bands 2-3 limit) - (INTFBD2) HMI Name Interference bands 2-3 limitParameter Name Logical Name INTFBD2 Definition Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -95 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 416 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.250 (Interference bands 3-4 limit) - (INTFBD3) HMI Name Interference bands 3-4 limitParameter Name Logical Name INTFBD3 Definition Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -90 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 417 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.251 (Interference bands 4-5 limit) - (INTFBD4) HMI Name Interference bands 4-5 limitParameter Name Logical Name INTFBD4 Definition Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -85 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 418 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.252 (INTRACELL_HO) - (HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED) HMI Name INTRACELL_HOParameter Name Logical Name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 419 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.253 (Keep codec on handover) - (KEEP_CODEC_HO) HMI Name Keep codec on handoverParameter Name Logical Name KEEP_CODEC_HO Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 2 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 420 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.254 (L_LOAD_OBJ) - (L_LOAD_OBJ) HMI Name L_LOAD_OBJParameter Name Logical Name L_LOAD_OBJ Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 421 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.255 (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) HMI Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name Logical Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules – Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue sec 0 120 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 422 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.256 (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO) - (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)) HMI Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HOParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -85 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency) External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 423 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.257 (L_RXLEV_DL_H) - (L_RXLEV_DL_H) HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_HParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_H Definition Downlink level threshold for handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -96 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Single -91 dBm (19) Umbrella -91 dBm (19) Concentric -91 dBm (19) Concentric Umbrella -91 dBm (19) Microcell -96 dBm (14) Minicell -91 dBm (19) Extended inner cell -96 dBm (14) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -98 dBm (12) Nb of TRX Dependent No 424 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.258 (L_RXLEV_DL_P) - (L_RXLEV_DL_P) HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_PParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_P Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -85 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 425 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.259 (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR) - (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)) HMI Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DRParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -110 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment – Single -85 dBm (25) Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Concentric -85 dBm (25) Concentric Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Microcell -70 dBm (40) Minicell -85 dBm (25) Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 426 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.260 (L_RXLEV_UL_H) - (L_RXLEV_UL_H) HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_HParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_H Definition Uplink level threshold for handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -100 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Single -100 dBm (10) Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Concentric -100 dBm (10) Concentric Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Microcell -100 dBm (10) Minicell -100 dBm (10) Extended inner cell -100 dBm (10) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 427 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.261 (L_RXLEV_UL_P) - (L_RXLEV_UL_P) HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_PParameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_P Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dBm -110 -47 -90 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level External Comment – Single -95 dBm (15) Umbrella -95 dBm (15) Concentric -95 dBm (15) Concentric Umbrella -95 dBm (15) Microcell -85 dBm (25) Minicell -95 dBm (15) Extended inner cell -95 dBm (15) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -95 dBm (15) Nb of TRX Dependent No 428 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.262 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_HParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 429 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.263 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMRParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-NB calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 430 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.264 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 431 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.265 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_PParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 432 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.266 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_HParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 433 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.267 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMRParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-NB calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 434 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.268 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSKParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 4.5 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 435 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.269 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_PParameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 7 3 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 436 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.270 (LAC) - (LAC (BSC)) HMI Name LACParameter Name Logical Name LAC (BSC) Definition Location Area Code. Coding rules – Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell / circuit1/2) External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 437 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.271 (Link_factor) - (Linkfactor (0,n)) HMI Name Link_factorParameter Name Logical Name Linkfactor (0,n) Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -24 24 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 438 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.272 (Load computation in outer zone) - (EN_LOAD_OUTER) HMI Name Load computation in outer zoneParameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_OUTER Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules – Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 1 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO External Comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 439 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.273 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) HMI Name LOAD_EV_PERIODParameter Name Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 30 12 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 440 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.274 (Load_Factor_1) - (Loadfactor_1) HMI Name Load_Factor_1Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_1 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 441 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.275 (Load_Factor_2) - (Loadfactor_2) HMI Name Load_Factor_2Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_2 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Single -2 Umbrella -2 Concentric -2 Concentric Umbrella -2 Microcell -2 Minicell -2 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 442 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.276 (Load_Factor_3) - (Loadfactor_3) HMI Name Load_Factor_3Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_3 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Single -5 Umbrella -5 Concentric -5 Concentric Umbrella -5 Microcell -4 Minicell -5 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 443 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.277 (Load_Factor_4) - (Loadfactor_4) HMI Name Load_Factor_4Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_4 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Single -7 Umbrella -7 Concentric -7 Concentric Umbrella -7 Microcell -6 Minicell -7 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 444 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.278 (Load_Factor_5) - (Loadfactor_5) HMI Name Load_Factor_5Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_5 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB -16 0 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Single -10 Umbrella -10 Concentric -10 Concentric Umbrella -10 Microcell -8 Minicell -10 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 445 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.279 (Load_Level_1) - (Loadlevel_1) HMI Name Load_Level_1Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_1 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 50 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 446 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.280 (Load_Level_2) - (Loadlevel_2) HMI Name Load_Level_2Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_2 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 60 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 447 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.281 (Load_Level_3) - (Loadlevel_3) HMI Name Load_Level_3Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_3 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 80 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 448 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.282 (Load_Level_4) - (Loadlevel_4) HMI Name Load_Level_4Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_4 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 90 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 449 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.283 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name Logical Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. Coding rules – Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue % 0 100 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3 External Comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 450 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.284 (LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (L_TIME_ADVANCE) HMI Name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCEParameter Name Logical Name L_TIME_ADVANCE Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause "too short distance" in outer cell. Coding rules – Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue bper 0 63 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance External Comment – Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 451 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.285 (Lowest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)) HMI Name Lowest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name Logical Name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None -1 1023 -1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Reselection External Comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 452 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.286 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (BSC)) HMI Name LSA_ID_IParameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (BSC) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 16777215 16777215 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 453 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.287 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (MFS)) HMI Name LSA_ID_IParameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (MFS) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 16777215 16777215 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 454 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.288 (LSA_ID_I(n)) - (LSA_ID_array (n)) HMI Name LSA_ID_I(n)Parameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (n) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 16777215 16777215 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No Parameter Access External Cell / Circuit 2/2 External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 455 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.289 (LSA_OFFSET) - (LSA_OFFSET) HMI Name LSA_OFFSETParameter Name Logical Name LSA_OFFSET Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 64 0 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 456 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.290 (LSA_PRIO_THR) - (PRIO_THR) HMI Name LSA_PRIO_THRParameter Name Logical Name PRIO_THR Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 0 42 42 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3 External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 457 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.291 (MATE_CI) - (MATE_CI (BSC)) HMI Name MATE_CIParameter Name Logical Name MATE_CI (BSC) Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Coding rules – Mandatory rules MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 0 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 458 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.292 (MATE_LAC) - (MATE_LAC) HMI Name MATE_LACParameter Name Logical Name MATE_LAC Definition Location Area Code of the Mate cell. Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 65535 65535 Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: – Parameter Access – External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 459 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.293 (MAX_POW_INC) - (MAX_POW_INC) HMI Name MAX_POW_INCParameter Name Logical Name MAX_POW_INC Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command. Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 2 16 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 460 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.294 (MAX_POW_RED) - (MAX_POW_RED) HMI Name MAX_POW_REDParameter Name Logical Name MAX_POW_RED Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command. Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules – Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue dB 2 16 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 461 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.295 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (BSC)) HMI Name MAX_RETRANSParameter Name Logical Name Max_retrans (BSC) Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 7 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl External Comment – Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 462 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.296 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_1) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 1 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 463 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.297 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_2) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_2Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 2 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 464 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.298 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_3) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_3Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 4 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 465 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.299 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_4) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_4Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 6 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 466 / 1200 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.300 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_5) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_5Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 8 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21224 AAAA PCZZA Ed.12 467 / 1200
  • 4 GSM Telecom Parameters 4.2.301 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_6) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_6Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 Recommended rules – Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue None 1 24 10 Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X/ Measurements 1/3 Exter